	(258713,25129,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" />Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"511\" height=\"341\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>'),
	(258714,25129,'MetaLink','content'),
	(258715,25129,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258716,25129,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" />Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"511\" height=\"341\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" /></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"469\" height=\"313\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>'),
	(258717,25129,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258718,25129,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258719,25129,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258720,25129,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258721,25130,'PostID','7957'),
	(258722,25130,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258723,25130,'PostTitle','Catching the wave: New Data Protection Law in Bahrain'),
	(258724,25130,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258725,25130,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:45:44'),
	(258726,25130,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/catching-the-wave-new-data-protection-law-in-bahrain/'),
	(258727,25130,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258728,25130,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258729,25130,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258730,25130,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258731,25130,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258732,25131,'PostID','7957'),
	(258733,25131,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258734,25131,'PostTitle','Catching the wave: New Data Protection Law in Bahrain'),
	(258735,25131,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258736,25131,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:45:44'),
	(258737,25131,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/catching-the-wave-new-data-protection-law-in-bahrain/'),
	(258738,25131,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258739,25131,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258740,25131,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258741,25131,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258742,25131,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258743,25132,'PostID','7957'),
	(258744,25132,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258745,25132,'PostTitle','Catching the wave: New Data Protection Law in Bahrain'),
	(258746,25132,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258747,25132,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:45:44'),
	(258748,25132,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/catching-the-wave-new-data-protection-law-in-bahrain/'),
	(258749,25132,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258750,25132,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258751,25132,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258752,25132,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258753,25132,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258754,25133,'PostID','7957'),
	(258755,25133,'PostTitle','Catching the wave: New Data Protection Law in Bahrain'),
	(258756,25133,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258757,25133,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258758,25133,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:45:44'),
	(258759,25133,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/catching-the-wave-new-data-protection-law-in-bahrain/'),
	(258760,25133,'MetaID','224072'),
	(258761,25133,'MetaKey','content'),
	(258762,25133,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" /></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"429\" height=\"286\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>'),
	(258763,25133,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" /></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"469\" height=\"313\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>'),
	(258764,25133,'MetaLink','content'),
	(258765,25133,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258766,25133,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" /></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"469\" height=\"313\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8044\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/cvdfd.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6000\" height=\"2401\" /></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Law on the Protection of Personal Data was published on 19 July 2018, and will come into effect on 1 August 2019. The Law will require a variety of changes to the way businesses process personal data in Bahrain or about residents of Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law provides a considerable lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Until now, and with one exception (namely, Qatar), none of the Gulf Cooperation Council member states had a modern, nationally applicable data protection law. Legal issues relating to privacy and data protection are typically analysed in terms of general, and ill-fitting, criminal provisions relating to the unauthorized disclosure of secrets, or – in appropriate circumstances - industry-specific obligations relating to healthcare or credit data, or telecommunications sector subscriber data.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law is generally composed of 60 articles divided into three broad sections or ‘titles’. These are:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 1: Processing Provisions – Including definitions and general rules for the legality of processing, controls of data processing and transfer, statements as well as the rights of the data holder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 2: Data Protection Authority - Including provisions relating to the establishment of the regulator, and its rights and responsibilities.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Title 3: Accountability of the data manager (data controller) and data processor – Including provisions relating to accountability to the regulator, investigation procedures, civil and criminal liability, and penalties for violation.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this article, we consider some key areas addressed in the Data Protection Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Application</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s Data Protection Law describes the legal protection of personal privacy as among the main constitutional rights of the person, and notes that it should be protected, particularly in the context of the increasing use of electronic/digital means for processing information.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law applies to:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Every individual not residing normally in Bahrain or having a workplace in Bahrain, and every legal person (corporate) not having a place of business in the Kingdom of Bahrain, where such persons are processing data using means available in Bahrain, except where such processing means are solely for the purpose of passing data through Bahrain.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In this latter scenario, the legal person (corporate) is required to appoint an authorized representative in Bahrain, and notify the Authority of such appointment. This provision would appear to affect, for example, corporate customers of cloud service providers, where the customer is based outside Bahrain, and the services being provided to the customer are being provided from data centres located in Bahrain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Criminal provisions</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law criminalizes a variety of acts that would, at most, be the subject of administrative penalties in data protection laws elsewhere. Penalties generally comprise up to one year in prison and/or a fine of between BHD1,000 and BHD20,000 (between about USD 2,600 to about USD 53,000) (or a fine only in the case of corporate entities). The following are examples of activities that attract criminal penalties under the Law:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing sensitive personal data in violation of the provision specifying requirements for processing sensitive personal data;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">transferring personal data outside Bahrain contrary to the provisions specifying requirements for transfers to jurisdictions that provide an adequate level of data protection, and associated exceptions;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">processing personal data without notifying the Authority in accordance with the provision that sets out the obligation to notify the Authority before commencing any data processing activities (except where certain exceptions apply), or failing to update such notification to the Authority;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Processing personal data contrary to the provision that requires prior authorization from the Authority before processing personal data in certain circumstances;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Providing false or misleading information to the Authority or to a data subject, or withholding relevant information from the Authority, or otherwise hindering the Authority’s work; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Disclosing any data or information accessed due to work, or using the same for own benefit or for the benefit of others unreasonably and in violation of the provisions of this law.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"wp-image-8068 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/56.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"429\" height=\"286\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Security considerations</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Generally, the security of processing provisions, and the confidentiality provisions, appear to be fairly standard.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to apply technical and organizational measures capable of protecting personal data against unintentional or unauthorized destruction, accidental loss, unauthorized alteration, disclosure or access, or any other form of processing. The measures adopted need to be appropriate, bearing in mind the nature of the data in question and the risks associated with processing it. The Law also indicates that ‘state-of-the-art’ technological protection measures should be adopted, but this is tempered by reference to the costs arising from use of such technology.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Additionally, the Law contemplates the issuance of a regulation specifying requirements that technical and organisational measures must satisfy. It also provides scope for specific requirements to be prescribed in such regulations.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Data controllers are required to maintain documentation that reflects the technical and organizational measures adopted. This documentation must be available for viewing by the parties concerned (presumably, including data subjects), as well as the Authority, any data processors, and the data controller itself.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">With regard to processing by data processors, the Law requires data controllers to engage only data processors who provide sufficient guarantees regarding the application of technical and organisational measures. Importantly, there is an obligation on data controllers to take steps to verify compliance with such measures, and to enter into a written contract with the data processor requiring that the data processor shall only process data in accordance with the instructions of the data controller, and in accordance with the data controller’s requirements with regard to security and confidentiality.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">There does not appear to be any specific obligation to notify the Authority in the event of a data breach incident. It is possible that this level of detail might be addressed in the regulations, or that the Authority is expected to address breaches only in the event that they become aware of them, and the circumstances indicate a breach of the obligation to use suitable technical and organizational security measures.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Data protection supervisor</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Law contemplates a role of ‘Data Protection Supervisor’ (which is not a data protection officer) intended to act as an independent and impartial intermediary between the data controller and the Authority.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The data protection supervisor will help the data controller fulfil its rights and obligations, and coordinate between the data controller and the Authority. It will also be required to verify the data controller’s processing in compliance with the law, alert the data controller to any apparent non-compliance to enable the issue to be addressed, and alert the Authority where such non-compliance has not been addressed within a specified timeframe. The data protection supervisor will also be required to maintain a register of the data controller’s processing operations that the data controller must notify the Authority, and update the Authority of the same on a monthly basis. (If no data protection supervisor is appointed, then the data controller is required to do this itself.)</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The qualifications and requirements for registration as a data protection supervisor will be officially issued, and data protection supervisors will need to be registered on a register maintained by the Authority. The requirement to appoint a data protection supervisor is optional, although it may be made compulsory for specific categories of data controllers.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The concept of a data protection supervisor has the potential to result in a whole new industry in the Bahrain market. The regulations setting out the requirements for the registration of data protection supervisors may shed greater light on what is anticipated, in terms of who might be able to fulfil such roles. The most natural development may be for the role to be filled by consulting/audit firms with expertise in data protection related issues.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Bahrain’s new Data Protection Law will require a great deal of attention from businesses operating in Bahrain. Data protection has not been a high priority topic for most businesses in Bahrain, with the limited exception of international entities subject to data protection requirements in other jurisdictions in which they operate. While the publication of the new Law will result in some degree of a lead-in period within which entities subject to the Law will need to comply, the fact that the Law creates criminal offences means that compliance is all the more important and should be treated as a high priority.</p>'),
	(258767,25133,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258768,25133,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258769,25133,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258770,25133,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258771,25134,'PostID','7957'),
	(258772,25134,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258773,25134,'PostTitle','Catching the wave: New Data Protection Law in Bahrain'),
	(258774,25134,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258775,25134,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:45:44'),
	(258776,25134,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/catching-the-wave-new-data-protection-law-in-bahrain/'),
	(258777,25134,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258778,25134,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258779,25134,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258780,25134,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258781,25134,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258782,25135,'PostID','7957'),
	(258783,25135,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258784,25135,'PostTitle','Catching the wave: New Data Protection Law in Bahrain'),
	(258785,25135,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258786,25135,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:45:44'),
	(258787,25135,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/catching-the-wave-new-data-protection-law-in-bahrain/'),
	(258788,25135,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7957&amp;action=edit'),
	(258789,25135,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258790,25135,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258791,25135,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258792,25135,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258793,25136,'PostID','7933'),
	(258794,25136,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258795,25136,'PostTitle','Admissibility and Reliability of Electronic Evidence before Qatari courts'),
	(258796,25136,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258797,25136,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:44:13'),
	(258798,25136,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/admissibility-and-reliability-of-electronic-evidence-before-qatari-courts/'),
	(258799,25136,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7933&amp;action=edit'),
	(258800,25136,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258801,25136,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258802,25136,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258803,25136,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258804,25137,'PostID','7938'),
	(258805,25137,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258806,25137,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258807,25137,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258808,25137,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258809,25137,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258810,25137,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258811,25137,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258812,25137,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258813,25137,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258814,25137,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258815,25138,'PostID','7938'),
	(258816,25138,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258817,25138,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258818,25138,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258819,25138,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258820,25138,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258821,25138,'MetaID','223208'),
	(258822,25138,'MetaKey','content'),
	(258823,25138,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"592\" height=\"465\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258824,25138,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258825,25138,'MetaLink','content'),
	(258826,25138,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258827,25138,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"592\" height=\"465\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258828,25138,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258829,25138,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258830,25138,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258831,25138,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258832,25139,'PostID','7938'),
	(258833,25139,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258834,25139,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258835,25139,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258836,25139,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258837,25139,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258838,25139,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258839,25139,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258840,25139,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258841,25139,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258842,25139,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258843,25140,'PostID','7938'),
	(258844,25140,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258845,25140,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258846,25140,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258847,25140,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258848,25140,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258849,25140,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258850,25140,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258851,25140,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258852,25140,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258853,25140,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258854,25141,'AttachmentID','8071'),
	(258855,25141,'FileName','DIFC-Courts.jpg'),
	(258856,25141,'FilePath','/home/tamimnew/public_html/wp-content/uploads/2018/08'),
	(258857,25141,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258858,25141,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258859,25141,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258860,25141,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258861,25142,'PostID','7937'),
	(258862,25142,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258863,25142,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(258864,25142,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258865,25142,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(258866,25142,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(258867,25142,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(258868,25142,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258869,25142,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258870,25142,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258871,25142,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258872,25143,'PostID','7937'),
	(258873,25143,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(258874,25143,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258875,25143,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258876,25143,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(258877,25143,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(258878,25143,'MetaID','223152'),
	(258879,25143,'MetaKey','content'),
	(258880,25143,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"size-full wp-image-8071 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC-Courts.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"632\" height=\"576\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>');

INSERT INTO `tm_wsal_metadata` (`id`, `occurrence_id`, `name`, `value`)
VALUES
	(258881,25143,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258882,25143,'MetaLink','content'),
	(258883,25143,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(258884,25143,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"size-full wp-image-8071 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC-Courts.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"632\" height=\"576\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258885,25143,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258886,25143,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258887,25143,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258888,25143,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258889,25144,'PostID','7937'),
	(258890,25144,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258891,25144,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(258892,25144,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258893,25144,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(258894,25144,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(258895,25144,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(258896,25144,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258897,25144,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258898,25144,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258899,25144,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258900,25145,'PostID','7938'),
	(258901,25145,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258902,25145,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258903,25145,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258904,25145,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258905,25145,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258906,25145,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258907,25145,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258908,25145,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258909,25145,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258910,25145,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258911,25146,'PostID','7938'),
	(258912,25146,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258913,25146,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258914,25146,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258915,25146,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258916,25146,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258917,25146,'MetaID','223208'),
	(258918,25146,'MetaKey','content'),
	(258919,25146,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258920,25146,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"592\" height=\"465\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258921,25146,'MetaLink','content'),
	(258922,25146,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258923,25146,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"592\" height=\"465\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258924,25146,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258925,25146,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258926,25146,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258927,25146,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258928,25147,'PostID','7938'),
	(258929,25147,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258930,25147,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258931,25147,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258932,25147,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258933,25147,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258934,25147,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258935,25147,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258936,25147,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258937,25147,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258938,25147,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258939,25148,'PostID','7937'),
	(258940,25148,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258941,25148,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(258942,25148,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258943,25148,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(258944,25148,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(258945,25148,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(258946,25148,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258947,25148,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258948,25148,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258949,25148,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258950,25149,'PostID','7938'),
	(258951,25149,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258952,25149,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258953,25149,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258954,25149,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258955,25149,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258956,25149,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258957,25149,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258958,25149,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258959,25149,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258960,25149,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258961,25150,'PostID','7938'),
	(258962,25150,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258963,25150,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258964,25150,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258965,25150,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258966,25150,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258967,25150,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258968,25150,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258969,25150,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258970,25150,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258971,25150,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258972,25151,'PostID','7938'),
	(258973,25151,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258974,25151,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258975,25151,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258976,25151,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258977,25151,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258978,25151,'MetaID','223208'),
	(258979,25151,'MetaKey','content'),
	(258980,25151,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258981,25151,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258982,25151,'MetaLink','content'),
	(258983,25151,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258984,25151,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(258985,25151,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258986,25151,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258987,25151,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258988,25151,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(258989,25152,'PostID','7938'),
	(258990,25152,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(258991,25152,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(258992,25152,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(258993,25152,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(258994,25152,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(258995,25152,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(258996,25152,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(258997,25152,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(258998,25152,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(258999,25152,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259000,25153,'PostID','7938'),
	(259001,25153,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259002,25153,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(259003,25153,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259004,25153,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(259005,25153,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(259006,25153,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(259007,25153,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259008,25153,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259009,25153,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259010,25153,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259011,25154,'PostID','7937'),
	(259012,25154,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259013,25154,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(259014,25154,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259015,25154,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(259016,25154,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(259017,25154,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(259018,25154,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259019,25154,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259020,25154,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259021,25154,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259022,25155,'PostID','7937'),
	(259023,25155,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(259024,25155,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259025,25155,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259026,25155,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(259027,25155,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(259028,25155,'MetaID','223152'),
	(259029,25155,'MetaKey','content'),
	(259030,25155,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8071 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC-Courts.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"507\" height=\"462\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259031,25155,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"size-full wp-image-8071 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC-Courts.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"632\" height=\"576\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259032,25155,'MetaLink','content'),
	(259033,25155,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(259034,25155,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"size-full wp-image-8071 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC-Courts.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"632\" height=\"576\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\" wp-image-8071 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC-Courts.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"507\" height=\"462\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259035,25155,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259036,25155,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259037,25155,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259038,25155,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259039,25156,'PostID','7937'),
	(259040,25156,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259041,25156,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(259042,25156,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259043,25156,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(259044,25156,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(259045,25156,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(259046,25156,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259047,25156,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259048,25156,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259049,25156,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259050,25157,'PostID','7938'),
	(259051,25157,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259052,25157,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(259053,25157,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259054,25157,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(259055,25157,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(259056,25157,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(259057,25157,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259058,25157,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259059,25157,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259060,25157,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259061,25158,'PostID','7938'),
	(259062,25158,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(259063,25158,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259064,25158,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259065,25158,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(259066,25158,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(259067,25158,'MetaID','223208'),
	(259068,25158,'MetaKey','content'),
	(259069,25158,'MetaValueNew','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-8000\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"469\" height=\"368\" />Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259070,25158,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259071,25158,'MetaLink','content'),
	(259072,25158,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(259073,25158,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\" wp-image-8000 alignleft\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"444\" height=\"349\" />\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-8001\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/16.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"6449\" height=\"2173\" />The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has long been described as a business-friendly country in the mainstream media and in widely followed surveys of competitiveness. The last couple of months have seen a wave of official measures and initiatives that aim to make Dubai and Abu Dhabi more cost effective (and easier) places in which to live and to run businesses.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Even more open for business</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 20 May 2018, the Cabinet of the UAE announced two major changes, both of which were highlighted in tweets by HH Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the Ruler of Dubai and the Prime Minister of the UAE:</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>1. Long Term Residency Visas</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Under a new visa regime, 10-year residency visas will be available for ‘specialists in medical, scientific, research and technical fields, as well as for all scientists and innovators’. The new visa regime will also include five-year residency visas for students who are studying in the UAE and up to 10 years for ‘exceptional students’.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>2. 100% Foreign Business Ownership</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">In a strategic move to boost the economy and attract global investments, it was announced that the UAE will allow foreign investors in specific sectors to wholly own their businesses by the end of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Currently, the only way that foreigners could own up to 100% of a business was through one of the various Free Zones in the UAE; otherwise, the ceiling for foreign ownership in mainland UAE was 51%.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Whilst it has not yet been decided as to which sectors will benefit from the announcement, we believe that the decision will be linked to factors such as job creation and significant investments relating to advanced technology and artificial intelligence.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">From these breakthrough decisions, it is clear to see that the UAE governments are working hard to maintain their title of global leader and the \"business hub\" for foreign investment. It is well documented that the UAE never does things by half and therefore not surprisingly, the exciting announcements did not stop there…</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>More Action to Reduce Business Costs</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Waiver of Corporate Fines</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">On 29 May 2018, Dubai’s Department of Economic Development (\"DED\") drew attention to Decree No. 20 of 2018, which exempts companies that operate in the Emirate from paying all fines imposed on them, and which facilitates the renewal of licences. HE Sami Al Qamzi, the Director General of Dubai’s DED, noted that ‘[the Decree] will add to the financial benefits of the owners of expired business licenses, restore legal records and licenses, and help the business community in Dubai enhance their competitiveness.’</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subsequent press reports from 9 June 2018 indicated that the waiver of fines applies to fines that have been issued before 14 April 2018. Businesses that have received fines since then can pay the amounts owing in instalments by arrangement with the DED. The press reports also noted that businesses have until the end of 2018 to renew their licences to operate in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Abu Dhabi’s DED announced similar exemptions ‘for establishments whose licences have expired for more than 24 months from paying the delayed and accumulated fees’. HE Mohammed Munif Al Mansoori, the Chief Executive of Abu Dhabi Business Centre, emphasised that the exemptions apply to all establishments regardless of their size or type. The exemptions are valid in all three of the main regions of the Emirate - Abu Dhabi, Al Dhafra and Al Ain.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Going the Extra Mile</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>3 Year AED 50bn Stimulus Package</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The Executive Committee of the Abu Dhabi Executive Council discussed a three-year AED50 billion (US$13,624 million) economic stimulus initiative.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Sheikh Mohammed bin Zayed announced the plans for the project, which aims to support Abu Dhabi’s economic development by introducing ten key initiatives; some of which are detailed below:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Abu Dhabi Office Space Exemption: All new business enterprises that register in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi will be exempt from the requirement of having an office or workspace in the Emirate for two years.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Boosting Growth and Competitiveness: There will be a variety of new public-private partnerships in the Emirate of Abu Dhabi: ‘The initiatives marked for 3Q18 also include encouraging and organising local production and supporting SMEs to boost their competitiveness locally and regionally, in addition to the issuance of dual licenses for companies in Abu Dhabi Free Zones to enable them to work outside the free zones and to participate in government tenders’.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Instant Licences: ‘During the last quarter of 2018, the Executive Committee will roll out its plan for the implementation of instant licensing systems in most commercial license types and all services provided by the Government, in addition to the review of building regulations for the infrastructure, residential properties, commercial and industrial sectors, as well as the developmental requirements and community facilities of other residential areas in Abu Dhabi, Al Ain and Al Dhafra’.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">As expected, these initiatives have created a huge media buzz in the country, with all sorts of opinions and questions being asked about what it all means for the future. While this largely remains to be seen, what really matters is that the governments are now acting decisively to address the biggest problem for most establishments in the UAE.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This is at a time that the high costs of doing business in Dubai and Abu Dhabi have been boosted by the introduction of Value Added Tax (VAT) from the beginning of 2018.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Hype and Hard Numbers: the UAE was already a competitive country</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">These announcements are remarkable for two reasons. One is that so many of them have been made in a short period of time by the governments of the UAE, namely in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The other is that conventional wisdom already sees the UAE as having a (very) competitive business environment in both a regional and a global context. A lot of positive publicity has, for instance, been generated by Expo 2020, which will take place in Dubai.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The hype is supported by hard numbers. In May 2018, the Lausanne-based Institute for International Management Development (IMD - a leading business school) published its 2018 World Competitiveness Ranking. The UAE is currently in seventh place overall (between Denmark and Norway), having been in 10th place in 2017. The UAE is ranked second of the 63 countries assessed in terms of business efficiency (after Hong Kong), third in terms of economic performance (after the United States and mainland China), and fourth for government efficiency (after Hong Kong, Switzerland and Singapore). The UAE is also the only GCC country whose ranking in terms of the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI) calculated by the World Economic Forum (WEF) has clearly improved over the last five years. In 2012-13, the UAE was ranked at 24/144. In 2017-18, the country’s position had advanced to 17/137</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-8000\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/15-1.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"469\" height=\"368\" />Addressing the main problem, and ensuring a legacy beyond Expo 2020</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A clue as to why the UAE’s governments are taking these steps now comes from that part of the WEF’s research, which deals with the most problematic factors for doing business, in the opinion of the various companies that were surveyed. In most of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, the key challenges are restrictive labour regulations and lack of access to finance. Lack of finance was the most serious problem in the UAE. However, inflation – a minor challenge in the other GCC countries - came in as a close second.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The impact of inflation depends on two factors. One is the rate of change of prices in the basket of goods and services that is being considered. The other is the base from which prices are rising. In the case of the UAE, that base is already high by global standards. In the Cost of Living survey compiled by consultancy Mercer in mid 2017, Dubai and Abu Dhabi were, respectively, the 19th and 22nd most expensive cities for expatriates. The survey covered 209 cities. The UAE’s two main cities are, for expatriates, about as costly as San Francisco (21st) and more expensive than London (29th).</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>To watch</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">While it is fair to say that the particulars of the announcements are not yet known; what we can rely on is the fact that the UAE has an excellent track record of following through in delivering their promises, meaning that investors and talented individuals alike should expect positive news in the near future.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">We believe that the key measure of success of the initiatives will be linked to the number of new enterprises that are incorporated in Dubai and Abu Dhabi in the future. With the array of incentives such as long term visas and reductions in set-up fees, it is hard to see why people would not jump at the chance of doing business in the region.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For now, observers in the rest of the world will focus on the UAE like never before when Expo 2020 comes to Dubai. The latest announcements should have a positive impact on perceptions and the realities of the UAE’s economy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Over the long-term, the governments will do whatever it takes to maintain the competitiveness of Dubai and Abu Dhabi in a regional, and indeed global, context. The UAE’s economy should continue to flourish and diversify long after Expo 2020.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate Structuring team regularly advises on new changes taking place. For further information please contact Samer Qudah, s.qudah@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259074,25158,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259075,25158,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259076,25158,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259077,25158,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259078,25159,'PostID','7937'),
	(259079,25159,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259080,25159,'PostTitle','Now Coming to the DIFC: The Infinitely Flexible and Versatile Corporate Scheme of Arrangement'),
	(259081,25159,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259082,25159,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:43:04'),
	(259083,25159,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/now-coming-to-the-difc-the-infinitely-flexible-and-versatile-corporate-scheme-of-arrangement/'),
	(259084,25159,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(259085,25159,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259086,25159,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259087,25159,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259088,25159,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259089,25160,'PostID','7938'),
	(259090,25160,'PostType','law_update_articles'),
	(259091,25160,'PostTitle','UAE continues to lead the way for Foreign Investment'),
	(259092,25160,'PostStatus','publish'),
	(259093,25160,'PostDate','2018-08-01 07:41:42'),
	(259094,25160,'PostUrl','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/law-update-articles/uae-continues-to-lead-the-way-for-foreign-investment/'),
	(259095,25160,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7938&amp;action=edit'),
	(259096,25160,'ClientIP','86.98.5.18'),
	(259097,25160,'UserAgent','Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_11_6) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/67.0.3396.99 Safari/537.36'),
	(259098,25160,'CurrentUserID','8'),
	(259099,25160,'CurrentUserRoles','a:2:{i:0;s:13:\"administrator\";i:1;s:10:\"superadmin\";}'),
	(259238,25173,'MetaValueOld','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-8072\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"291\" height=\"537\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>'),
	(259239,25173,'MetaLink','content'),
	(259240,25173,'EditorLinkPost','http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-admin/post.php?post=7937&amp;action=edit'),
	(259241,25173,'ReportText','<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-8072\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"291\" height=\"537\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>|<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><img class=\"wp-image-7968 alignright\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/13-1024x681.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"487\" height=\"324\" />The new DIFC Companies Law is expected to come into force in August / September 2018. The new law will make a number of major changes to the rules governing DIFC-established companies, including:</p>\r\n\r\n<ol>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the removal of the category of limited liability companies (as an option to the company limited by shares) and the introduction of differing regulatory requirements imposed on private and public companies respectively; and</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">the introduction of more detailed and explicit provisions imposing and regulating directors’ duties.</li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">This article concerns the most innovative feature of the new law, the introduction of a legal framework for corporate schemes of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">A scheme of arrangement is a process which empowers companies to enter an array of binding arrangements and agreements with its shareholders and/or creditors as classes. Where an arrangement is supported by 75% of the relevant classes of creditors or shareholders, the Court has power to sanction it and to bind all the stakeholders, including any dissenting minority. Schemes of arrangement are used extensively in England and in other common law jurisdictions, so it is a welcome innovation for DIFC companies.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The legal process for schemes of arrangement was originally developed in England but the new DIFC provisions are closely modelled on Jersey law, which is less detailed and prescriptive than the legislation now applying in England and Wales. The DIFC provisions relating to compromises and arrangements can be found in Articles 124 to 126 of the new Companies Law.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>How are Schemes Commonly Used?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Schemes of arrangement are extremely flexible and the legislation does not restrict the form or content of the compromise or arrangement. Here are a number of examples of how schemes have been employed successfully in the UK:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\"><strong>Reducing debt and carrying out debt for equity swaps</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Sometimes, a scheme of arrangement can be used to reduce the value of claims from both secured and unsecured creditors. Debt reduction can occur as part of a compromise, where creditors agree to accept a pro-rated percentage of the total debt so the company can continue to be viable. Often, in these circumstances, a creditor will ‘swap’ some of its debt in the company for equity in a new holding company. This reduces the debt of the operating company, allows it to continue trading and provides for a cash injection into the new holding company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>For example, in the Countrywide plc case, the company had issued senior secured loan notes worth £470 million which were reduced to £175 million and the holder of the senior secured loan notes agreed to inject capital into a new holding company in return for 35% of the equity in that company. In addition, it was agreed to convert unsecured loan notes worth £170 million to 5% of equity in the new holding company. The proposal was supported by the majority of the loan note holders and so the court approved the agreement.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>An alternative to liquidation</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\"><em>Schemes can also be used as an alternative to a formal liquidation process. The terms of the scheme will prescribe a distribution of the company’s assets between the creditors. This can be helpful when there are a number of contingent claims which may be difficult to quantify and would delay the liquidation process or where assets of a group of companies are difficult to identify as owned by a particular member of a group.</em></p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><em><strong>Where the company seeks to assure future solvency by \"ring fencing\" contingent claims</strong></em></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In <em>Re Cape plc &amp; Ors</em>, Cape plc and its subsidiary companies called a meeting of creditors to approve a solvent scheme of arrangement.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Cape plc’s group business was asbestos mining and the manufacture, distribution and installation of asbestos products. The company was solvent, but faced many future contingent claims due to its employees’ past exposure to asbestos dust. Given the slow emergence of medical problems caused by exposure to asbestos, it was clear that the company would face claims in the future, but at the time of proposing the scheme noone could quantify the value of these claims with precision.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The scheme of arrangement was designed to protect the group’s ongoing businesses from the asbestos claims, whilst at the same time diverting a percentage of its earnings into a sinking fund for the payment of those claims. The Court approved the proposed scheme, thereby allowing Cape plc to create a subsidiary company to deal with all present and future claims, effectively ring-fencing the rest of the Cape group from the disruptive effect of the claims.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Takeovers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">Schemes of arrangement are used in the UK as an alternative way to implement a company takeover rather than following the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers Takeover Regulations (\"UK Takeover Regulations\"). Consent is only required from 75% of the shareholders for all shareholders to be bound and liable to compulsory acquisition; whereas 90% of the shareholders are required to consent under the UK Takeover Regulations to achieve a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">An example of this in practice is the case of TDG plc. There the company applied for an order under the Companies Act 2006 sanctioning a scheme of arrangement, the object of which was to facilitate the acquisition of shares in the company by a buyer. A minority shareholder opposed the approval of the scheme. The scheme was approved by the court as reasonable so all shareholders were bound to transfer their shares to the acquiring company.</p>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">The provisions of the old DIFC Companies law in respect of takeovers contain the same threshold to that of the UK Takeover Regulations (consent of 90% of the shareholders). The introduction of the New Law will enable all shareholders to be bound by the arrangement with only the consent of 75% of the shareholders. This is likely to facilitate takeovers in the DIFC, particularly in circumstances where there are dissenting or ‘lost’ shareholders. The provisions can also be used to implement a ‘squeeze-out’.</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li><strong>Demergers</strong></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p style=\"padding-left: 60px;\">In the case of BGEO Group plc the applicant company applied for the court to sanction a scheme of arrangement to split its investment business from its banking business. The scheme involved the insertion of a new holding company and, once the scheme had taken effect, the demerger of the group’s two businesses. The new holding company would undertake a swap reduction of capital for the purpose of demerging the investment business. The shareholder agreed to swap their shares in the applicant company for shares in the new holding company on a one-for-one basis.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong><img class=\"alignright  wp-image-8072\" src=\"http://localhost:8888/tamimi/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/DIFC.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"225\" height=\"415\" />Benefits to companies incorporated in the DIFC</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The new provisions will open up wide range of flexible options for restructuring debt or equity. In certain scenarios, additional requirements of the DIFC companies law will also need to be taken into account, in particular the rules governing any return of capital to shareholders, so there may need to be parallel compliance.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>What types of compromises or arrangements will be approved?</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Subject to the required formalities and approvals, schemes can be used to bind all shareholders of the relevant class(es) of creditors and/or shareholders to almost any type of reorganisation. Nothing in the new law limits the subject matter of a scheme. In theory a scheme could be a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or shareholders about anything which they can properly agree amongst themselves.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">However, a scheme must be a ‘genuine’ and ‘effective’ arrangement or compromise. This means that the shareholders and creditors of the company which participate in the scheme must obtain some advantage in compensation for the scheme’s alteration of their pre-scheme rights entitlements.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>The procedure</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">For a company to obtain a sanctioned compromise or arrangement in accordance with the New Law, the following steps will need to be undertaken:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The person proposing the scheme of arrangement must seek a court order to convene creditor and/or shareholder meetings (as relevant) in order to vote on the proposed scheme;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">The notice calling for the meeting whether by letter or advertisement, must include a statement containing details of; (i) the effect of the proposed compromise or arrangements, (ii) material interests of the directors of the company in the arrangement, (iii) if any debentures have been issued by the company how the arrangement or compromise would affect the rights of the debenture holders; and (iv) any other matter which would have a material impact on the company, its creditors and shareholder.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Compromise or arrangement schemes require approval by at least 75% in value of each class of the creditors who vote on the compromise or arrangements or the holders of 75% of the voting rights of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, present and voting either in person or by proxy at the meeting;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">After the scheme has been approved by the shareholders or creditor, it must then be sanctioned by the court;</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">Any interested shareholder or creditor can be represented when the court considers the application to sanction the scheme, and may argue for or against the sanctioning of the scheme.</li>\r\n 	<li dir=\"LTR\">A copy of the court order must then be sent to the Registrar and the Registrar will ensure that a copy of the court order is included in the company’s articles of association.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">Applications for a scheme of arrangement can be made by the company, a creditor or shareholder or in the case of a company being wound up its liquidator.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\"><strong>Conclusion</strong></p>\r\n<p dir=\"LTR\" align=\"LEFT\">The introduction of schemes of arrangement in the DIFC paves the way to greater flexibility in implementing a range of sophisticated deals within the DIFC from equity swaps, to demergers, to corporate turnarounds.</p>\r\n<em>Al Tamimi &amp; Company’s Corporate and Commercial team regularly advises on restructuring and take over arrangements. For further information please contact Anna Robinson, a.robinson@tamimi.com or Richard Catling, r.catling@tamimi.com.</em>');

